Nikon | D3400 | Nikon D3400 دليل المستخدم

Nikon D3400 دليل المستخدم
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ ﹰ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ )ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎﺕ( ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺭﺑﻮﺭﻳﺸﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫)‪SB8I03(1X‬‬
‫‪6MB3611X-03‬‬
‫‪Ar‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻐﺎﻓﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫• ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻗﺴﻢ "ﻷﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ"‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(xi‬‬
‫• ﻋﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪Ar‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﻙ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ‪ - SnapBridge‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﹸﺜﺮﻱ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺘﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﹸﺰﻳﻞ ‪ SnapBridge‬ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ®Bluetooth‬ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )‪ (BLE‬ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺗﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻹﺛﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ SnapBridge‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ!‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ SnapBridge‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﻳﻔﻮﻥ® ﺃﻭ ﺁﻳﺒﺎﺩ®‬
‫ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺁﻳﺒﻮﺩ ﻟﻤﺲ® ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺫﻛﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﺪﺭﻭﻳﺪ ™‪ .‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ SnapBridge‬ﹸﻣﺘﻮﻓﱢﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﻧ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ®Apple App Store‬ﻭ ‪™Google Play‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪http://snapbridge.nikon.com‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ‪،SnapBridge‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ )‪.(xix 0‬‬
‫‪N1510 :Model Name D3400‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ‪…SnapBridge‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ‪ -‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺖ ﻣﻀﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗ ﹴ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪NIKON IMAGE SPACE‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﹸﺜﺮﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺩﻣﺞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ(‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫‪i‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻲ )‪ .(vi 0‬ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻤﻂﻏﺎﻣﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻋﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ )ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ( ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮﺟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﻤﺜﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻤﺜﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ‪.http://www.nikon-asia.com/support‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ"‬
‫)‪.(xiv–xi 0‬‬
‫‪ii‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ‪DK-25‬‬
‫)ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﱠ ﹰﺘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪BF-1B‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪D3400‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫‪) EN-EL14a‬ﻣﻊ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪) MH-24‬ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ؛ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻎ ‪AN-DC3‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ )ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﹸﺒﺎﻉ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ )‪ .(84 0‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﻌﺘﺬﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺯﻋﺎﺝ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺒﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪iii‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻊ ‪.D3400‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺭﻛﱟﺐ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )‪.(10 0‬‬
‫ﺭﻛﺐ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‪ .‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ )‪.(12 0‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ )‪.(10 0‬‬
‫‪iv‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺭﻛ ﱢﺐ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ )‪.(15 0‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺷﻐﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )‪.(17 0‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )‪.(17 0‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .G‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )‪.(27 0‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ )‪.(30 0‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ )‪.(31 0‬‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ‪ ،Nikon‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ pdf‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Adobe Reader‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪http://downloadcenter.nikonimglib.com/‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫‪ A‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ViewNX-i‬ﻭ‪Capture NX-D‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ ViewNX-i‬ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻷﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ‪ ViewNX-i‬ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪http://downloadcenter.nikonimglib.com/‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ Capture NX-D‬ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ )‪ NEF (RAW‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ‪ Capture NX-D‬ﻣﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪http://downloadcenter.nikonimglib.com/‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪vi‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ‪iii .................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪xi ................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ‪xv ............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ‪xx .............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪1 ..........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪1 ..................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪4 .....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‪5 ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪6 .......................................................................................................................(#/E) s‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪7 ...............................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪10 ......................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪10 ...............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪12 .........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ‪15 ...............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪17 ..................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪25 .............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪26 ............................‬‬
‫‪vii‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ "ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺪﻓﻚ ﻭﺻﻮﺭ" )‪ i‬ﻭ ‪27 .............................................................................(j‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪35 ..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪37 ............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ‪38 .....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪42 ......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪44 ....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪45 ...................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪46 ...........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪49 ..............................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪51‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ )ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ(‬
‫‪ k‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪51 ...............................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ l‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪51 ..................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ p‬ﻃﻔﻞ‪51 .................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ m‬ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪52 ...................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ n‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪52 ...............................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪52 ....................................................................................‬‬
‫‪viii‬‬
‫‪53‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫‪ %‬ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪53 .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ S‬ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ‪54 ....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﺯﺍﻫﻲ‪54 .................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ U‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪54 ..................................................................................................‬‬
‫' ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ‪54 ............................................................................................‬‬
‫( ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪54 .....................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪54 ...................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻇﻠﻴﺔ‪55 ......................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ ‪55 ................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺧﺎﻓﺘﺔ‪55 ....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪56 ..........................................................................‬‬
‫‪62‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪ P‬ﻭ‪ S‬ﻭ‪ A‬ﻭ‪M‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) P‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺒﺮﻣﺞ(‪63 ......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) S‬ﻏﺎﻟﻖ‪-‬ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ( ‪63 .....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) A‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‪-‬ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪64 ....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) M‬ﻳﺪﻭﻱ(‪65 ...............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪67 ..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫‪69‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪70 ..................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪73 ................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ViewNX-i‬‬
‫‪76‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪76 ................................................................................................................ ViewNX-i‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪77 ............................................................................................ ViewNX-i‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪77 ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ix‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪80 .........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪82 ............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪85 ...............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪85 .............................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪85 ...........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ‪86 ..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪90 .....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‪94 .........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪110 ...................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ "ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ" ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻔﻜﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌ ﹼﺪﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻜﺸﻒ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻢ ﻓﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﺎﻓﺎ ﹰ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻤﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺮﻭﻕ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﺮﻭﺳﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪xi‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻮﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﺨﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻉ ﻃﻔﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻟﻒ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﻘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺮ ﹼ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺴﻪ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻱ ﻋﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺟ ﹰﺪﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟ ﹰﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻀﻤﺔ ﺻﻘﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺿﻮﺀ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺣﺮﻳﻘﹰ ﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﹰ ﺎ ﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪xii‬‬
‫• ﺃﻃﻔﺊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﻈﻮﺭﹰﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﻈﻮﺭﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﺮﻙ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﹸ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮ )ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ(‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻔﻜﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬‫ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬‫ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻜﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬‫ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺼﺮ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻼﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‬‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬‫• ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪ EN-EL14a‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻃﺒﻴ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪xiii‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ )ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ(‬
‫• ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻴ ﹰﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺑﺘﻠﻊ ﻃﻔﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻃﺒﻴ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻐﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﺟﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺑﻤﻨﺸﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪ EN-EL14a‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻋﺰﻝ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﻋﺰﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻼﻣﺴﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﻓﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﺑﺸﻄﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻬﻴﺞ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪xiv‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ • ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻢ ﺑﺬﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻮﺩ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﺣﺐ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ )ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫• ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪xv‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻢ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺎ ﹰ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻨﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﺴﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ )ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻜﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﺎﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﺍﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﺦ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﺍﻛﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ »ﻋﻴﻨﺔ« ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻧﺴﺦ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺟﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺻﻜﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻃﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺬﺍﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺤﻘﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻣﺤﻈﻮﺭﹰﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪xvi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺬﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺳﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻫﻴﺊ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻣﻸﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺼﻮﺭ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭ ﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ(‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ‪AVC Patent Portfolio License‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ‪ AVC PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ )‪ (i‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪") AVC‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ ("AVC‬ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ )‪ (ii‬ﻓﻚ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ AVC‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻳﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﹰ ﺎ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺮ ﹼﺧﺺ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ .AVC‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﻷﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .L.L.C ،MPEG LA‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪http://www.mpegla.com‬‬
‫‪xvii‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﹰ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ )ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ( ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺖ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻳﺤﺮﻣﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﻮﻥ‪-‬ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺷﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻮﺯﻉ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪xviii‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺖ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻳﺤﺮﻣﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﻔﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻓﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺧﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺠﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ »ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ« ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪http://www.nikonusa.com/ :‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﻭﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪http://www.europe-nikon.com/support/ :‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪http://www.nikon-asia.com/‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﻺﻟﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻸﺳﺌﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ )‪ ،(FAQs‬ﻭﻧﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪http://imaging.nikon.com/ :‬‬
‫‪xix‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﺤﻈﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ :‬ﻛﻮﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭﺳﻮﺭﻳﺎ )ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﹸ ﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﹸﺤﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪xx‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻼﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻼﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ D3400‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫‪.EU/53/2014‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪.http://imaging.nikon.com/support/pdf/DoC_D3400.pdf‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻼﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪AGREE PAR L'ANRT MAROC‬‬
‫‪Numéro d'agrément : MR 11787 ANRT 2016‬‬
‫‪Date d'agrément : 25/04/2016‬‬
‫‪xxi‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻶﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺳﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ‬
‫ﹸﻣﻌﺮﱢﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧﺺ ﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧﺺ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧﺺ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪xxii‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻨﺢ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻚ ﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‪39.........................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪23 ،18 .....................................‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪31 ،30 ....................................‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪67 ،65 ............................................... N/E‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪) R‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ(‪26 ،7 ................................‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪10................................‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‪5 ................................................‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪71................................................... L/A‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﻼﺵ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻳﺔ )‪(E‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪33.........................................‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪62..................................................... Y/M‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ‪41................................................‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪71............................................................. Fn‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪16........................................‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪15...........................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪84................ ML-L3‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ‪CPU‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺁﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪15..........................................‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪83 ،15 ،iii ...............................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪77................................................USB‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻏﻠﻖ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪25 ،4 ........‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﺑﺘﺮ‪25...................‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪35........................................................... K‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪69....................................................... G‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪35 ،33 ...................................................... X‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪73 ،35 .............................................. Q/W‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪9 ................................................................ P‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪38 ،27 .................................................... a‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪) J‬ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ‪73.............................................‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪73.....................................‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪13 ،12 ...............‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪37............................................................. O‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪31.............‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺣﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪13 ،12 ............‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺣﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪13 ،12 .......................‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪6 ................................................... #/E/s‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪35 ،27 ،7 ................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪13 ،12 ....................................‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ‪9 29..................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪30.................................‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )‪(AE‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪12 66..............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ )ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ(‪66...............................‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ‪53.................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪13 26...........‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪14 26...‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﺀ‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﺽ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ‪67.............‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪9 ............................................. ISO‬‬
‫"‪) "k‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1000‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ(‪26...............‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ‪33............................‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ‪66..........................‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ‪67..........‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ‪9 ................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪67............‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ ISO‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪90...............................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻀﺎﺀﺓ ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ‪:g‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ )‪(53 0‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪ P‬ﻭ‪ S‬ﻭ‪ A‬ﻭ‪:M‬‬
‫• ‪ — P‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺒﺮﻣﺞ )‪(63 ،62 0‬‬
‫• ‪ — S‬ﻏﺎﻟﻖ‪-‬ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪(63 ،62 0‬‬
‫• ‪ — A‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‪-‬ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪(64 ،62 0‬‬
‫• ‪ — M‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ )‪(65 ،62 0‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪(45 0) g‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫• ‪ i‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )‪(27 0‬‬
‫• ‪ j‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﻓﻼﺵ ﻣﻄﻔﺄ( )‪(27 0‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‬
‫• ‪ k‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ )‪(51 0‬‬
‫• ‪ l‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ )‪(51 0‬‬
‫• ‪ p‬ﻃﻔﻞ )‪(51 0‬‬
‫• ‪ m‬ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ )‪(52 0‬‬
‫• ‪ n‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ )‪(52 0‬‬
‫• ‪ o‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﻴﺔ )‪(52 0‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪(#/E) s‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ )ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ ،(#/E) s‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪(#/E) s‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ s‬ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ J‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻺﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪ E‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﹴ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ )‪ :(ML-L3‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫"‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪.ML-L3‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ )‪ :(ML-L3‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫‪#‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪.ML-L3‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪.R‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪R‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ i‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪/‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ j‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﻓﻼﺵ ﻣﻄﻔﺄ(‪6 27.....................‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪51....................................‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ‪53.......................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪ P‬ﻭ‪ S‬ﻭ‪ A‬ﻭ‪62.............................M‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪71.................................Eye-Fi‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ‪19.................................‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥ‪71..............................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ‪70.........‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪71...................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ‪70.................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪6 .................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ "ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺮ"‪71........................................‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ )ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ(‪15 66...............................‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ‪66..........................................‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪66..............................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪16 66................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )‪(AE‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪18 9 .......................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪29.................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪19 26..........................................‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪9 ............................................. ISO‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ISO‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ ISO‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪26...‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﺽ‬
‫"‪) "k‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1000‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ(‪26...............‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ‪66..........................‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪67............‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪90............................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻀﺎﺀﺓ ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ R‬ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ )ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ 8‬ﹴ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ ،P‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ J‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ P‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪P‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫‪ D-Lighting 4‬ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ISO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﻀﻮﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ ﺃﺳﻄﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻏﻤﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ‪ Picture Control‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‬
‫‪ 9‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ‪Picture Control‬‬
‫‪Picture Control‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻚ ﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻘﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 11‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 12‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺭﻛﺐ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻎ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ‪ 50‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫‪ D‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﹰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺭﻛﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ xiv–xi‬ﻭ ‪ 89–86‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻴﺔ ‪° 5‬ﻡ–‪° 35‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪° 0‬ﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪° 40‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪° 0‬ﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪° 15‬ﻡ ﻭﻣﻦ ‪° 45‬ﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪° 60‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪° 0‬ﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪° 60‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ‪ CHARGE‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ )ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ( ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻤﺜﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﺼﻴﺮ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪) OFF‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺭﻫﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﻼﺙ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺗﻜﻔﻲ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﻔﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫❚❚ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺣﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ )‪ .(q‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ )‪.(w‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫)‪ .(71 0‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﻘﻄﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻬﻴﺊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺟﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ )ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ )ﻋﺪﺳﺔ(‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ )‪ (q‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫)‪ .(w‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﻛﺐ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻭﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺟﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺄﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺐ )‪ ،(q‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ )‪.(w‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ؛ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺳﺤﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺐ )‪ (q‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ "‪) "L‬ﻗﻔﻞ(‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ )‪ .(w‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺬﺭ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫❚❚ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺫﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻮﺣﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﱠﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ SnapBridge‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﻲ )"ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ" ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ .SnapBridge‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﹸﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 2.0‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ .SnapBridge‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪) SnapBridge‬ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ‪ (pdf‬ﹸ‬
‫‪http://downloadcenter.nikonimglib.com‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ :‬ﺷﻐﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﺯﺭ ‪ J‬ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪) J‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ(‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻳﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ )‪ (Language‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .J‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻛﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻛﻲ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ )‪.(24 0‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ SnapBridge‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﺰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪SnapBridge‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Pair with camera‬ﻣﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ "‪) "Pair with camera‬ﻣﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺰﺍﻭﺟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iOS‬ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳ ﹸﺘﻘﺪﱠﻡ ﻟﻬﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﺃﻭﻻ ﹰ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﱢﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Understood‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﹸﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ )ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﺤﻘﱠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﺎ؛ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﱠﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺖ ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ‪ iOS‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﹸ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺭﻗﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪.8‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ J‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪) PAIR‬ﻣﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ(‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ )ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ "ﻫﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻛﻲ؟" ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ‪) Auto link options‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ( <‬
‫‪) Synchronize location data‬ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ( ﻓﻲ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪SnapBridge‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫• ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬
‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ‪" :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻛﻲ؟" ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ‪) Auto link options‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ( < ‪Synchronize clocks‬‬
‫)ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ( ﻓﻲ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪. SnapBridge‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫❚❚ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺷﻐﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﺯﺭ ‪ J‬ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪) J‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ(‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻳﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ )‪ (Language‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ G‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪G‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ J‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪q‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ‬
‫‪e‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫‪r‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ )ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻚ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﺑﺘﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‪ .‬ﻛﻦ ﺣﺬﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻇﺎﻓﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ 27‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ R‬ﻭﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪R‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﹰ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ ،R‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﻔﺪﺓ ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫—‬
‫—‬
‫‪H‬‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫‪H‬‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪ ﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺪﺕ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ 1000‬ﺑﺎﻵﻻﻑ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻑ "‪."k‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ "ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺪﻓﻚ ﻭﺻﻮﺭ" )‪ i‬ﻭ ‪(j‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻲ ‪ i‬ﻭ ‪.j‬‬
‫‪ i‬ﻭ ‪ j‬ﻭﺿﻌﺎﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠـ"ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺪﻓﻚ ﻭﺻﻮﺭ" ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪.j‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ i‬ﺃﻭ ‪.j‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )ﻣﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ(‪ .‬ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.a‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪a‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ(‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﻤﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻤﻢ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﻴﻚ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺻﺪﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺴﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻭﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ )ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻲ(‬
‫ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ )ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪11‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻺﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﺘﺸﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺘﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ A‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻭﺇﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻸ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﺆﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺆﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ )ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻭﻳﻀﻲﺀ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺻﻔﻴﺮ )ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺻﻔﻴﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﹰﺎ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪ (I‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.91‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺴﺘﻮﻣﺾ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﹴ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻄﻔﺊ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.a‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺠﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻏﺎﻟﻖ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﻬﺪ )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ i‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،j‬ﺳﺘﺤﻠﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻭﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪c‬‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫‪e‬‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫‪Z‬‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻈﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪ i‬ﺃﻭ ‪ j‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﻓﻼﺵ ﻣﻄﻔﺄ( ﺗﺤﺖ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ )ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ(‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺛﻤﺎﻥ ﹴ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ )‪.(71 0‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪ A‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻟﻲ )ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ(‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻟﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ )ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ؛ ‪(71 0‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ 5‬ﹴ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺷﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ ،i‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ )‪ .(M‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ؛ ﺍﺭﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﺪﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻘﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 8.3‬ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .X‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ (Q) W‬ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪X‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﻭﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺿﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻣﻀﺎ ﹰﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﻣﻀﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﺧﺎﻃﻒ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﻣﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺩﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ )‪ ،(71 0‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،g‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ‪ g‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻨﺼﺤﻚ ﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ K‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪K‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫❚❚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ "ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ" ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺻﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﻊ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ‪ 72‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ )ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ .(Q) W‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻠﺔ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ X‬ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪(Q) W‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫❚❚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ )ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ (Q) W‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪72‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ (Q) W‬ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ X‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ 72‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.O‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪K‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .O‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ O‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪O‬‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪.a‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪0‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ 0‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪a‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪38‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﻤﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﺀ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ a‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﻫﻮ ‪ 4‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ؛ ﻭﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻄﻮﻝ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟـ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ < ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ )‪ (70 0‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﺓ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫‪1920×1080 L‬؛ ‪60p‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪1920×1080 M‬؛ ‪50p‬‬
‫‪1920×1080 N‬؛ ‪30p‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪1920×1080 O‬؛ ‪25p‬‬
‫‪ 20‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪1920×1080 P‬؛ ‪24p‬‬
‫‪1280× 720 Q‬؛ ‪60p‬‬
‫‪1280× 720 R‬؛ ‪50p‬‬
‫‪1920×1080 t‬؛ ‪60p‬‬
‫‪ 20‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪1920×1080 u‬؛ ‪50p‬‬
‫‪1920×1080 r‬؛ ‪30p‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪1920×1080 s‬؛ ‪25p‬‬
‫‪ 29‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ‪ 59‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪1920×1080 k‬؛ ‪24p‬‬
‫‪1280× 720 l‬؛ ‪60p‬‬
‫‪1280× 720 o‬؛ ‪50p‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ ‪ 60p‬ﻭ‪ 50p‬ﻭ‪30p‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ ،25p‬ﻭ‪ 24p‬ﻫﻲ ‪ 59.94‬ﻭ‪ 50‬ﻭ‪ 29.97‬ﻭ‪ 25‬ﻭ‪ 23.976‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‪/‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺗﺼﻞ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﻣﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻮﺭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺋﺒﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺩﻳﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ )ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ؛ ‪ .(71 0‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺣﻮﺍﻑ ﻣﺴﻨﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻌﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﺗﻤﻮﺝ ﻭﺑﻘﻊ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﻭﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﻣﻀﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﺧﺎﻃﻒ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎ؛ ﻻ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻳﹸﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻟﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺳﻴﻐﻠﻖ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪41‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ K‬ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ )ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪.(1‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪K‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ J‬ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺪ‬
‫‪42‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ×2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪×4‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ×8‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪×16‬؛ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ )ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﻟﻺﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫‪ h‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ .(i‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ؛ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪/‬ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻄﻲﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﻟﻠﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻄﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻰ ‪ 10‬ﹴ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ‪ 10‬ﹴ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪(Q) W/X‬‬
‫‪/K‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ X‬ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪(Q) W‬‬
‫ﻟﺨﻔﻀﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ K‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 1‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪43‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .O‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺬﻓﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪K‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .O‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ O‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪O‬‬
‫‪44‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.g‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ )‪(26 0‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ )‪(26 0‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ‪/‬ﻳﺤﺬﻑ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ‪/‬ﻳﺤﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.J‬‬
‫❚❚ ﻳﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺳﻬﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﻌﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ #‬ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ 5‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻼﺵ‬
‫‪ 9‬ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫! ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ 8‬ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ 9‬ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ 7‬ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ 6‬ﺻﻮﺭ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ )ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ(‬
‫‪ $‬ﺗﺠﻤﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ )ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ( ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻭﺏ *‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫"‬
‫ﻟﻴﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ H‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ *‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺔ‬
‫)ﺧﺎﻓﺘﺔ( *‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﺽ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ‬
‫)ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺔ‬
‫)ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺧﺎﻓﺘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫* ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪46‬‬
‫"ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ"‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.J‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫• ﺻﻮﺭ ﺃﻓﻼﻣﺎ‬
‫"ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ"‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻈﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ(‪:‬‬
‫• ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ < ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫• ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ < ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫• ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫• ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ < ISO‬ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ISO‬‬
‫• ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ < ISO‬ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ISO‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫• ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Picture Control‬‬
‫• ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫• ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﺽ‬
‫❚❚ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ‪/‬ﻳﺤﺬﻑ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫‪ A‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺳﻬﻞ < ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪47‬‬
‫❚❚ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ )ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ )ﻧﺎﻋﻢ(‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫❚❚ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ )‪(Language‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫‪HDMI‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪* Eye-Fi‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺻﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ‬
‫* ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪.Eye-Fi‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ )‪(Language‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭ‪ HDMI‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻛﻲ ﻭﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪Eye-Fi‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻔﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪48‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ G‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪G‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 2‬ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 2‬ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻈﻠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ J‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪49‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻇﻠﻞ & ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪.J‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ d‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .(Q) W‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪3‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪(Q) W‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪(Q) W‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪) d‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ )ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ(‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ "ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ"‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.27‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪ k‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ l‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫‪ p‬ﻃﻔﻞ‬
‫‪ m‬ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ n‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ o‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ k‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻴ ﹰﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻀﻔﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ l‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﺮﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ ﻭﺿﻮﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ p‬ﻃﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻌﻮﻣﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻈﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪51‬‬
‫‪ m‬ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ ﻭﺿﻮﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ n‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻫﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﺸﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ )ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﺎﻛﺮﻭ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﹰ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻞ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪52‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ q‬ﻭﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬
‫‪%‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪T‬‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫'‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫(‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻇﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺧﺎﻓﺘﺔ‬
‫‪ %‬ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻡ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ‪ ISO‬ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ؛ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ ﻭﺿﻮﺀ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪53‬‬
‫‪ S‬ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﻴﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ T‬ﺯﺍﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﻴﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ U‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ )‪.(56 0‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫' ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ )‪.(57 0‬‬
‫( ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺩﻳﻮﺭﺍﻣﺎ(‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 45‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪30p/1080×1920‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫)‪.(58 0‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ ﻭﺿﻮﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﻭﺃﺑﻴﺾ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ )‪.(60 0‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪54‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻇﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻇﻠﻴﺔ ﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻮﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺧﺎﻓﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﻓﺘﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺯﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻞ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪NEF (RAW) A‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ )‪ NEF (RAW‬ﻣﺘﺎ ﹰﺣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪ %‬ﻭ ‪ S‬ﻭ ‪ T‬ﻭ ‪ U‬ﻭ ' ﻭ ( ﻭ ‪ .3‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ )‪ NEF (RAW‬ﺃﻭ )‪ JPEG + NEF (RAW‬ﺟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺭ ‪ .JPEG‬ﺻﻮﺭ ‪ JPEG‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﺼﻮﺭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻭﺿﻌﺎ ‪ U‬ﻭ (‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪55‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫❚❚ ‪ U‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .a‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪a‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪56‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 2‬ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻤﻜﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺳﻤﻜﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.a‬‬
‫❚❚ ' ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .a‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪a‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺻﻔﺎ ﹰﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.a‬‬
‫‪57‬‬
‫❚❚ ( ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .a‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪a‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪58‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻹﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻣﺼﻐﺮ ﻣﺆﻗ ﹰﺘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.X‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ (Q) W‬ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ J‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 2‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪3‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.a‬‬
‫‪59‬‬
‫❚❚ ‪ 3‬ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .a‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪a‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ J‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻟﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 1‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‬
‫ﻛﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﻈﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ )ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻴﺔ؛ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ .X‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ (Q) W‬ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪7‬؛ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻀﻢ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ‪ 3‬ﻭ‪ 4‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) O‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ O‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ؛ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﻭﺃﺑﻴﺾ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.a‬‬
‫‪61‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪ P‬ﻭ‪ S‬ﻭ‪ A‬ﻭ‪M‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪ P‬ﻭ‪ S‬ﻭ‪ A‬ﻭ‪ M‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺒﺮﻣﺞ‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫)‪(63 0‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﻖ‪-‬ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫)‪(63 0‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‪-‬ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫)‪(64 0‬‬
‫‪ M‬ﻳﺪﻭﻱ )‪(65 0‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﹴ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ "‪) Bulb‬ﻓﺘﺢ(" ﺃﻭ "‪) Time‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ(" ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ (Y) M‬ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫‪62‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) P‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺒﺮﻣﺞ(‬
‫ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) S‬ﻏﺎﻟﻖ‪-‬ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﻖ‪-‬ﺃﻭﻟـﻮﻳــﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﻟﻖ ﺃﺑﻄﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪63‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) A‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‪-‬ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‪-‬ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ )ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ )ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪64‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) M‬ﻳﺪﻭﻱ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺤﺺ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ )‪ ،(66 0‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﻟﻖ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﻟﻖ ﺃﺑﻄﺄ(‪ .‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ (N) E‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪/‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺆﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻭﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ‪/‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺆﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪(N) E‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪65‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ )‪ 1/1600‬ﺙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ( ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻮﺵ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻴﺌﺔ )ﻫﻨﺎ‪ 1 ،‬ﺙ(‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻮﺵ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ ،f/5.6‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ( ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ )ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ‪f/22‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ( ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫‪66‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﹴ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪EV 1/3‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫‪EV 2‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪ P‬ﻭ ‪ S‬ﻭ ‪ A‬ﻭ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻭ ‪ ،%‬ﻳﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﺳﻄﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻏﻤﻖ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ‬
‫)‪ .(96 0‬ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﻏﻤﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪EV -1‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫‪EV +1‬‬
‫‪67‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ (N) E‬ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪(N) E‬‬
‫‪EV -0.3‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪EV +2‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ .±0‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪ P‬ﻭ‪ S‬ﻭ‪ ،M‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﻭ ‪ ،%‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ )‪.(9 0‬‬
‫‪68‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.G‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪G‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ :D‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )‪(70 0‬‬
‫• ‪ :C‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ )‪(70 0‬‬
‫• ‪ :B‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ )‪(71 0‬‬
‫• ‪ :N‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ )‪(72 0‬‬
‫• ‪ :m‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ )‪(72 0‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ )‪(73 0‬‬
‫‪69‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫❚❚ ‪ D‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ :‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻃﻮﻟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻟﻺﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ‬
‫❚❚ ‪ C‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ISO‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Picture Control‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪/‬ﻓﻼﺵ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ‪* VR‬‬
‫‪ D-Lighting‬ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ‬
‫* ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫❚❚ ‪ B‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪3 AF‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫‪HDMI‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻛﻲ )ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪4 Eye-Fi‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ )‪1 (Language‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ )‪(ML-L3‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺁﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺻﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪.Eye-Fi‬‬
‫‪71‬‬
‫❚❚ ‪ N‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻨﻘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ )‪NEF (RAW‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬
‫‪D-Lighting‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘﻴﺢ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺟﻨﺒﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻨﺐ *‬
‫* ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ P‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﻘﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫❚❚ ‪ m‬ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺮﺩ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫)‪.(73 0‬‬
‫‪72‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ J‬ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ :J‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ‬
‫‪ :1‬ﻳﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ :4‬ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ :2‬ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ :3‬ﻳﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ G‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪G‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺭﻣﺰ ‪) d‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ d‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .(Q) W‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ (Q) W‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ‪(Q) W‬‬
‫‪73‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪74‬‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 4‬ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺒﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﹰﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ J‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.G‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﻥ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 2‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﹰ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،J‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ )‪.(31 0‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫‪ViewNX-i‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪ViewNX-i‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ‪ViewNX-i‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪http://downloadcenter.nikonimglib.com/‬‬
‫‪Capture NX-D A‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Capture NX-D‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻨﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫)‪ NEF (RAW‬ﻭﺍﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ‪ Capture NX-D‬ﻣﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪http://downloadcenter.nikonimglib.com/‬‬
‫‪76‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ViewNX-i‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪.(76 0) ViewNX-i‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫‪) USB‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺎﺕ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ‪ USB‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻒ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪77‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ‪ Nikon Transfer 2‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.ViewNX-i‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Nikon Transfer 2‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻐﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪Windows 7 A‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Nikon Transfer 2‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺗﺤﺖ ‪) Import pictures and videos‬ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﺻﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ‪) Change program‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ Nikon Transfer 2‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OK‬ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﺰﺩﻭ ﹰﺟﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Windows 10 A‬ﻭ ‪Windows 8.1‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ Windows 10‬ﻭ ‪Windows 8.1‬‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫‪ Nikon Transfer 2‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪.Nikon Transfer 2‬‬
‫‪OS X A‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺷﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ‪Nikon Transfer 2‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪) Image Capture‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ ‪ (OS X‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ Nikon Transfer 2‬ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪78‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ‪) Start Transfer‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Start Transfer‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ(‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.ViewNX-i‬‬
‫‪79‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ‪ AF-P‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ E‬ﻭ ‪G AF-S‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ‪ AF-S‬ﺑـ ‪ AF-S‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ‪ AF-P‬ﺑـ ‪ .AF-P‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ )‪ D‬ﺃﻭ ‪ E‬ﺃﻭ ‪ G‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،(CPU‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .81‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )‪ (AF‬ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫‪) MF‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪ AF‬ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ‪MF‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ(‬
‫ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪E‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪AF-S/AF-P NIKKOR‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪G‬‬
‫—‬
‫‪ AF NIKKOR‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪G‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫—‬
‫ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪D‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ‪5 ،4 PC-E NIKKOR‬‬
‫‪6z‬‬
‫—‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪7 PC Micro 85‬‬
‫‪6z‬‬
‫—‬
‫‪f/2.8D‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ‪AF NIKKOR‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫—‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫)ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ‪(F3AF‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫—‬
‫‪AI-P NIKKOR‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪2z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪2z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫—‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫—‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫—‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪2z‬‬
‫—‬
‫‪2z‬‬
‫‪2z‬‬
‫‪3z‬‬
‫—‬
‫—‬
‫—‬
‫‪3z‬‬
‫—‬
‫—‬
‫—‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪3z‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪3z‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ‪ f/5.6‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ‪.AF-S‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﻘﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﻌﻄﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟـ ‪ PC-E NIKKOR 24 f/3.5D ED‬ﺑﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻗﺼﻮﻯ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ‪AF 85–28 f/3.5–4.5 ،AF 70–35 f/2.8 ،AF 200–80 f/2.8‬‬
‫)ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ‪ AF 85–28 f/3.5–4.5‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ )‪ (I‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ ‪ f/5.6‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ‪IX NIKKOR‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ‪ .IX NIKKOR‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ‪ IX NIKKOR‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ‪ CPU‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ‪ G‬ﻭ‪ E‬ﻭ‪D‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ‪ CPU‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ‪ ،CPU‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ G‬ﻭ‪ E‬ﻭ‪ D‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ G‬ﻭ‪ E‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ‪CPU‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ‪CPU‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ G‬ﺃﻭ ‪E‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪D‬‬
‫‪81‬‬
‫ﺇﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪ D3400‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪ :(10 0) EN-EL14a‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪ EN-EL14a‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺋﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﻭﻣﻤﺜﻠﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪.EN-EL14‬‬
‫• ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ :(10 0) MH-24‬ﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪ EN-EL14a‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.EN-EL14‬‬
‫• ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،EP-5A‬ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ :EH-5b‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻤﺘﺪﺓ )ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ EH-5a‬ﻭ ‪ .(EH-5‬ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ EP-5A‬ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ‪ EH-5b‬ﺃﻭ ‪ EH-5a‬ﺃﻭ ‪.EH-5‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪ D3400‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ ‪ C-PL‬ﺃﻭ ‪ C-PL II‬ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ‪ NC‬ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺷﺒﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ )ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ( ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪،X1 ،X0 ،R60 ،O56 ،Y52 ،Y48 ،Y44) ×1‬‬
‫‪.(B12 ،B8 ،B2 ،A12 ،A2 ،ND400 ،ND8S ،ND8 ،ND4S ،ND4 ،ND2S ،C-PL‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪82‬‬
‫ﺇﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫• ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ‪ :DK-5‬ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪ :DK-20C‬ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ‪،0 ،-2 ،-3 ،-4 ،-5‬‬
‫‪ ،+2 ،+1 ،+0.5‬ﻭ ‪ +3‬ﻡ‪ -1‬ﺩﻳﻮﺑﺘﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﺑﺘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻳﺪ )‪ -1‬ﻡ‪ .(-1‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﺑﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ )‪ -1.7‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ +0.5‬ﻡ‪ .(-1‬ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ :DG-2 Magnifier‬ﺗﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺮﺓ ‪ DG-2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ‪ :DK-22‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ DK-22‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﺮﺓ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫‪.DG-2‬‬
‫• ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ‪ :DR-6‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ DR-6‬ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪/BF-1B‬ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ‪ :BF-1A‬ﻳﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺁﺓ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ :BS-1‬ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻳﺤﻤﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪(77 0) UC-E20 USB‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ :HC-E1 HDMI‬ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ HDMI‬ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ C‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪ A‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪.HDMI‬‬
‫‪83‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ‪ :(6 0) ML-L3‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ 3‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫‪ CR2025‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪.ML-L3‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺣﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ )‪ ،(q‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻇﺎﻓﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺣﺠﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ )‪ .(w‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ )‪.(r‬‬
‫❚❚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ SD‬ﻭ‪ SDHC‬ﻭ‪ ،SDXC‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ SDHC‬ﻭ‪ SDXC‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪ .UHS-I‬ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ‪ SD‬ﻓﺌﺔ ‪ 6‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻄﺄ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺇﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺯﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻟﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪84‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻤﺘﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺧﺰﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻔﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻄﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺧﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻑ ﺟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺘﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪60%‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪° 50‬ﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪° -10‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﻛﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﺊ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﻼﺡ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﹰ ﺑﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺟﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻄﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺴﺮ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﻔﺎﺥ ﺿﺒﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺁﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺿﻒ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻒ ﺑﺤﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻠﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻮﺍﺓ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﻔﻒ ﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪85‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﻘﻄﻪ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﺎﻓﺎ ﹰ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻪ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﻤﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﺻﺪﺃ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻜﺜﻒ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺜﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻴﺲ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺨﺰﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻛﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺷﺤﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺿﻮﺀ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻵﺧﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪86‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﻔﺎﺥ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﻛﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﺊ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﻼﺡ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﹰ ﺑﻤﺎﺀ ﻧﻈﻴﻒ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺁﺓ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺎﺥ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﻔﺎﺥ ﺿﺒﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪ :‬ﺳﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺎﺥ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﺵ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻤﺰﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻔﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻄﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺧﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻑ ﺟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺧﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﺲ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺠﻔﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﺰﻥ ﻋﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﺲ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻔﻔﺔ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺞ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻔﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻄﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ‪ .‬ﺷﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺣﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ ﻭﺟﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﺭﻛﺐ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪87‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ؛ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،99.99%‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ 0.01%‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻜﺴﻞ ﻣﻀﻴﺌﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﹰ )ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭﻗﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ( ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻔﺄﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﹰ )ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ(‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻄﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﻔﺎﺥ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻠﺪ ﺷﻤﻮﺍﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﺴﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﺝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﺝ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺴﻴﺞ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻤﻮﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻹﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻭ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﺼﺢ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺯﻉ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻤﺜﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤﺲ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ )ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ(‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺤﺺ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻬﻨﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻑ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺇﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪88‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ xiv–xi‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺣﻦ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺭﻛﺐ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﻔﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻐﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻓﺮﻏﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺧﺰﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪° 15‬ﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪° 25‬ﻡ )ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺩﺓ(‪ .‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺸﺤﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫‪.EN-EL14a‬‬
‫• ﺍﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺣﺠﺰ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻓﺊ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﺪﻓﺌﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ؛ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪89‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻣﺾ ‪ d‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪ s‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.(Q) W‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫‪s/F‬‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪ .‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺷﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻢ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪90‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫• ﺭﻛﺐ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ E‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،G‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪.M‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺑﺮﻣﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪s/d‬‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺷﺤﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ k/d‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺷﻐﻞ‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ( ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ "ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫—‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺷﺤﻦ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫‪ s/S‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ( ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫(‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ )ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ(‪ .‬ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ "‪."write‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻴﺊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫(‪ k/‬ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫• ﺧﻄﺄ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫‪ T‬ﻫﻴﺊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ( ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪/ /‬‬
‫‪ • s A j‬ﺍﺣﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺌﺔ‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫• ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫●‬
‫—‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ( ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪91‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻇﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ "ﻓﺘﺢ"‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪S‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ "ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ"‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪S‬‬
‫—‬
‫—‬
‫‪92‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ ISO‬ﺃﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ‪ ND‬ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪ S‬ﺯﺩ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫‪ A‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ )ﺭﻗﻢ‪ f-‬ﺃﻋﻠﻰ(‬
‫‪ %‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ ISO‬ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪ S‬ﺍﺧﻔﺾ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫‪ A‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ )ﺭﻗﻢ‪ f-‬ﺃﻗﻞ(‬
‫‪s/A‬‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪.M‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫&‪s/‬‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺿﺎﺀ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ؛ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻝ‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫• ﹼ‬
‫‪s/N‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪.ISO‬‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 18‬ﻣﻢ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺔ ﺻﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫)ﻳﻮﻣﺾ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫—‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫—‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫—‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫—‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫—‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫—‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫—‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺻﻮﺭ‬
‫)‪ NEF (RAW‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ )‪.NEF (RAW‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪93‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫❚❚ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪D3400‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻜﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻜﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻜﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ )ﺑﻴﻜﺴﻞ(‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪Picture Control‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪94‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ‪) F‬ﺑﺄﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪(AF‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ‪DX‬؛ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ×1.5‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ‪FX‬‬
‫‪ 24.2‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ‪ 15.6 × 23.5 CMOS‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫‪ 24.72‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ )ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪.(Capture NX-D‬‬
‫• ‪) 4000 × 6000‬ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ(‬
‫• ‪) 3000 × 4496‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ(‬
‫• ‪) 2000 × 2992‬ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ(‬
‫• )‪ 12 :NEF (RAW‬ﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻁ‬
‫• ‪ :JPEG‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ JPEG-Baseline‬ﻣﻊ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺟﻴﺪ‬
‫)‪ 4 : 1‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ( ﺃﻭ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ )‪ 8 : 1‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ( ﺃﻭ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ )‪ 16 : 1‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ(‬
‫• )‪ :JPEG + NEF (RAW‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺼﻐﻴﺘﻲ‬
‫)‪ NEF (RAW‬ﻭ ‪JPEG‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﺢ؛ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ Picture Control‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ (Secure Digital) SD‬ﻭ‪ UHS-I‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪SDHC‬‬
‫ﻭ‪SDXC‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪،Exif 2.3 ،DCF 2.0‬‬
‫‪PictBridge‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﺑﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺁﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻛﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻤﺮﺁﺓ ﺧﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ‬
‫‪ 95%‬ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ‪ 95%‬ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ‪) ×0.85‬ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ‪ 50‬ﻣﻢ ‪ f/1.4‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ -1.0 ،‬ﻡ‪(-1‬‬
‫‪ 18‬ﻣﻢ )‪ -1.0‬ﻡ‪ ،-1‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ(‬
‫‪ +0.5–-1.7‬ﻡ‪-1‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ BriteView‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ B‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻻﻣﻌﺔ ‪Mark VII‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻴﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ‪ AF-P‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ E‬ﻭ ‪G‬‬
‫‪ AF-S‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﻖ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺆﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ 30–1/4000‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪EV 1/3‬؛ ﻓﺘﺢ؛ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫‪ 1/200=X‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ؛ ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ 1/200‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺑﻄﺄ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ‬
‫‪) 8‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ(‪) s ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ(‪) J ،‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻟﻖ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) E‬ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺫﺍﺗﻲ(‪) " ،‬ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ‪،‬؛ ‪) # ،(ML-L3‬ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ؛ ‪(ML-L3‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 5‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‪/‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﺪﻻﺕ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪-‬ﺃﻭﻟـﻮﻳــﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ‪ 1/250‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪ 20 ،‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ؛ ‪ 9–1‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﺎﺕ ﺿﻮﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ 5 ،‬ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪ 10 ،‬ﹴ‬
‫‪95‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ‪ TTL‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ‪420 RGB‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻜﺴﻞ‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪II‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫)ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ E‬ﻭ‪(G‬‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ 75%‬ﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺑﻘﻄﺮ ‪ 8‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﻘﻌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺑﻘﻄﺮ ‪ 3.5‬ﻣﻢ )ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 2.5%‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ( ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ )‪ ،ISO 100‬ﻋﺪﺳﺔ • ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ‪EV 20–0 :‬‬
‫‪ ،f/1.4‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪° 20‬ﻡ( • ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﻘﻌﻴﺔ‪EV 20–2 :‬‬
‫‪CPU‬‬
‫ﺇﻗﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪ i‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ؛ ‪ j‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﻓﻼﺵ ﻣﻄﻔﺄ(؛ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺮﻣﺞ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺮﻥ )‪(P‬؛ ﻏﺎﻟﻖ‪-‬ﺃﻭﻟـﻮﻳــﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪(S‬؛ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‪-‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪(A‬؛ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ)‪(M‬؛ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ )‪ k‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ l‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ؛ ‪ p‬ﻃﻔﻞ؛ ‪ m‬ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ؛ ‪ n‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ؛‬
‫‪ o‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﻴﺔ(؛ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ )‪ %‬ﺭﺅﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻠﻴﺔ؛ ‪ S‬ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ؛ ‪ T‬ﺯﺍﻫﻲ؛ ‪ U‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ؛ ' ﻣﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻌﺒﺔ؛ ( ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ؛ ‪ 3‬ﺗﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺋﻲ؛ ‪ 1‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻇﻠﻴﺔ؛‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ؛ ‪ 3‬ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺧﺎﻓﺘﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -5‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ EV +5‬ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ EV 1/3‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪ P‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ S‬ﻭ‪ A‬ﻭ‪ M‬ﻭﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪%‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫‪(L) A‬‬
‫‪ 25600–ISO 100‬ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪ .EV 1‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪) ISO‬ﻣﻌﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ ISO‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ(‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ D-Lighting‬ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‬
‫‪96‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺰﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ‪Multi-CAM 1000‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ‪ TTL، 11‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ )ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻮﺀ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ‪ 3–0.5‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ(‬
‫‪° 20 ،ISO 100) EV +19–-1‬ﻡ(‬
‫• ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )‪ :(AF‬ﻣﻌﺰﺯ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )‪(AF-S‬؛ ﻣﻌﺰﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )‪(AF-C‬؛ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ AF-S/AF-C‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )‪(AF-A‬؛‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺗﻌﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‬
‫• ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ )‪ :(MF‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 11‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻘﺐ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )‪ 11‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ )ﻣﻌﺰﺯ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ( ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪(L) A‬‬
‫‪ :' ،U ،T ،S ،o ،n ،p ،k ،i‬ﻓﻼﺵ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ :M ،A ،S ،P‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫‪ 8 ،7‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻼﺵ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ )ﻡ‪° 20 ،ISO 100 ،‬ﻡ(‬
‫‪ :TTL‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻼﺵ ‪ i-TTL‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ‬
‫‪ 420 RGB‬ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﺵ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ‬
‫‪ i-TTL‬ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪ SLR‬ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﺵ ‪ i-TTL‬ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪ SLR‬ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﺵ ﻣﻞﺀ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪97‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻋﻲ‬
‫)‪ (CLS‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺰﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ )ﺑﻜﺴﻞ(‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫‪98‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -3‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ EV +1‬ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ EV 1/3‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ‪ P‬ﻭ‪S‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ A‬ﻭ‪ M‬ﻭﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺤﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ؛‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ISO 518‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻔﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ‪ CLS‬ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ‪) AS-15‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ(‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻃﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻱ )‪ 7‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ(‪ ،‬ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﺵ‪،‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻈﻞ‪ ،‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )‪ :(AF‬ﻣﻌﺰﺯ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫)‪(AF-S‬؛ ﻣﻌﺰﺯ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )‪(AF-F‬‬
‫• ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ )‪(MF‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﻳﻀﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻫﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ )ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ(‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﻦ ‪ i‬ﻭ ‪j‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ‪ TTL‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ‬
‫• ‪) 60p ;1080 × 1920‬ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻲ(‪24p ،25p ،30p ،50p ،‬‬
‫• ‪50p ،60p ;720 × 1280‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻺﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ ‪ 60p‬ﻭ‪ 50p‬ﻭ‪ 30p‬ﻭ‪،25p‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ 24p‬ﻫﻮ ‪ 59.94‬ﻭ‪ 50‬ﻭ‪ 29.97‬ﻭ‪ 25‬ﻭ‪ 23.976‬ﺇ‪/‬ﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﺗﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ★ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ‪ISO‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ )ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ(‬
‫‪MOV‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ ‪H.264/MPEG-4‬‬
‫‪ PCM‬ﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪25600–ISO 100‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ 7.5 TFT LCD‬ﺳﻢ‪ 3/‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺠﻮﺩﺓ ‪ 921‬ﺃﻟﻒ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫)‪ ،(VGA‬ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ 170‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ‪ 100%‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ )‪ 4‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 9‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 72‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ( ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺯﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﻗﺺ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ )ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 36‬ﺣﺮﻓﹰﺎ(‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻓﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺼﻐﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺪﺧﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪ HDMI‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪C‬‬
‫ﱢ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ‪4.1‬‬
‫• ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ‪ 2480–2402 :‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫• ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪ 2480–2402 :‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ 8.1‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻁ )ﺇﻳﺮﺏ(‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ‪ 10‬ﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫‪99‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻐﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻤﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻟﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻠﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺍﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺮﻭﻳﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺗﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺗﻐﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﺯﺍﻳﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺳﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻠﻮﻏﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻳﻼﻧﺪﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺮﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺘﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻳﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪EN-EL14a‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪EH-5b‬؛ ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪) EP-5A‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ(‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻞ ‪ 1/4‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )‪(ISO 1222‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫)ﻋﺮﺽ × ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ‪ 75.5 × 98 × 124‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫‪ 445‬ﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﹰ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ؛‬
‫‪ 395‬ﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﹰ )ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪° 0‬ﻡ–‪° 40‬ﻡ‬
‫‪ 85%‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﻒ(‬
‫• ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ )‪ (CIPA‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻢ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﱠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻳﱠﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪ .‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫❚❚ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ‪MH-24‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫)ﻋﺮﺽ × ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ 240–100‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ 60/50 ،‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 0.2 ،‬ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ ﺣﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪ 8.4‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ 0.9/‬ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫‪EN-EL14a‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ‪ 50‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ‪° 25‬ﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫‪° 0‬ﻡ–‪° 40‬ﻡ‬
‫‪ 97 × 26 × 70‬ﻣﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‬
‫‪ 96‬ﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ m‬ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪ p ،‬ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ q ،‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ‪) II‬ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻝ‪(.‬‬
‫❚❚ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ‪EN-EL14a‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫)ﻋﺮﺽ × ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫‪ 7.2‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪1230/‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ 0°‬ﻡ –‪ 40°‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ‪ 14 × 53 × 38‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫‪ 49‬ﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ‬
‫‪101‬‬
‫❚❚ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ‪ AF-P DX NIKKOR 55–18 f/3.5–5.6G VR‬ﻭ‬
‫‪AF-P DX NIKKOR 55–18 f/3.5–5.6G‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ G AF-P DX‬ﻣﺠﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪ CPU‬ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ‪F‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫‪ 55–18‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫‪f/3.5–5.6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫‪ 12‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﻓﻲ ‪ 9‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ )ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺷﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﻳﺔ(‬
‫‪´50 °28 – °76‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ )‪(55 ،45 ،35 ،24 ،18‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺯﻭﻡ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺯﻭﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺧﻄﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺑﺴﻼﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﻠﻒ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫) ‪(VCMs) AF-P DX NIKKOR 55–18‬‬
‫‪ f/3.5–5.6G VR‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ‪ 0.25‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ‬
‫‪) 7‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻏﺸﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺷﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫• ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ‪ 18‬ﻣﻢ‪f/3.5–22 :‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫• ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ‪ 55‬ﻣﻢ‪f/5.6–38 :‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ 55‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 0.75=P‬ﻣﻢ(‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ‪ 64.5‬ﻣﻢ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻗﻄﺮ × ‪ 62.5‬ﻣﻢ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫• ‪ 205 :AF-P DX NIKKOR 55–18 f/3.5–5.6G VR‬ﺟﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫• ‪ 195 :AF-P DX NIKKOR 55–18 f/3.5–5.6G‬ﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫‪102‬‬
‫‪ AF-P DX NIKKOR 55–18 f/3.5–5.6G VR A‬ﻭ ‪AF-P DX NIKKOR 55–18 f/3.5–5.6G‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻸﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ .AF-P DX NIKKOR 55–18 f/3.5–5.6G VR‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ AF-P DX NIKKOR 55–18 f/3.5–5.6G VR‬ﻭ ‪AF-P DX NIKKOR 55–18 f/3.5–5.6G‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪15 ..............................‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫‪ 7‬ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ‪CPU‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫‪ 8‬ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺐ ‪ 9 16 ....................................................‬ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ ‪29 .................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫‪103‬‬
‫❚❚ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ‪ AF-P DX NIKKOR 300–70 f/4.5–6.3G ED VR‬ﻭ‬
‫‪AF-P DX NIKKOR 300–70 f/4.5–6.3G ED‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ G AF-P DX‬ﻣﺠﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪ CPU‬ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ‪F‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫‪ 300–70‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫‪f/4.5–6.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫‪ 14‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﻓﻲ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ )ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ‪(ED‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫‪´20 °5 – ´50 °22‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ )‪(300 ،200 ،135 ،100 ،70‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺯﻭﻡ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺯﻭﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺧﻄﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺑﺴﻼﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﻠﻒ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
‫) ‪(VCMs) AF-P DX NIKKOR 300–70‬‬
‫‪ f/4.5–6.3G ED VR‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ‪ 1.1‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ‬
‫‪) 7‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻏﺸﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺷﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫• ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ‪ 70‬ﻣﻢ‪f/4.5–22 :‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫• ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ‪ 300‬ﻣﻢ‪f/6.3–32 :‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ 58‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 0.75=P‬ﻣﻢ(‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 72‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 125‬ﻣﻢ )ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻔﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ(‬
‫• ‪ 415 :AF-P DX NIKKOR 300–70 f/4.5–6.3G ED VR‬ﺟﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫• ‪ 400 :AF-P DX NIKKOR 300–70 f/4.5–6.3G ED‬ﺟﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫‪104‬‬
‫‪f/4.5–6.3G ED VR A‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ AF-P DX NIKKOR 300–70‬ﻭ ‪f/4.5–6.3G ED‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ ‪9 29 .................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫‪AF-P DX NIKKOR 300–70‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪15 ..............................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ‪CPU‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫‪105‬‬
‫❚❚ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ‪f/4–5.6G ED VR II‬‬
‫‪AF-S DX NIKKOR 200–55‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ G AF-S DX‬ﻣﺠﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪ CPU‬ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ‪F‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫‪ 200–55‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫‪f/4–5.6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫‪ 13‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮﹰﺍ ﻓﻲ ‪ 9‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ )ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ‪(ED‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫‪°8 – ´50 °28‬‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ )‪(200 ،135 ،105 ،85 ،70 ،55‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺯﻭﻡ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺯﻭﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ )‪ (IF‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﻭﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺑﺴﻼﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﻠﻒ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
‫)‪(VCMs‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ‪ 1.1‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ‬
‫‪) 7‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻏﺸﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺷﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫• ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ‪ 55‬ﻣﻢ‪f/4–22 :‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫• ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ ‪ 200‬ﻣﻢ‪f/5.6–32 :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ 52‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 0.75=P‬ﻣﻢ(‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 70.5‬ﻣﻢ ﻗﻄﺮ × ‪ 83‬ﻣﻢ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻔﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫‪ 300‬ﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪ .‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪106‬‬
‫‪AF-P DX NIKKOR 200–55 f/4–5.6G ED VR II A‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ‪ AF-S DX NIKKOR 200–55 f/4–5.6G ED VR II‬ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ 7‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫‪ 8‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪15 ..............................‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫‪ 9‬ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ‪CPU‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﻡ ‪ 10 29 .................................................‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ ‪A-M‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺤﺐ ‪ 11 16 ....................................................‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ 12‬ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫‪107‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ IOS‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،Cisco Systems, Inc.‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ Windows .‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ Mac‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ OS X‬ﻭ‪ ®Apple‬ﻭ‪ ®App Store‬ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ Apple‬ﻭ‪ ®iPhone‬ﻭ‪ ®iPad‬ﻭ‪ ®iPod touch‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .Apple Inc‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪ ﺃﻧﺪﺭﻭﻳﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .Google Inc‬ﺗﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺭﻭﺑﻮﺕ ﺃﻧﺪﺭﻭﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ Google‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ‪ 3.0‬ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻋﻲ‬
‫)‪ .(Creative Commons 3.0 Attribution License‬ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ‪ PictBridge‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ SD‬ﻭ ‪ SDHC‬ﻭ ‪ SDXC‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،LLC. HDMI ،SD-3C‬ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺭ ‪ HDMI‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ High-Definition Multimedia Interface‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪.HDMI Licensing LLC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ ®Bluetooth‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .Bluetooth SIG, Inc‬ﻭﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪Use of the Made for Apple badge means that an accessory has been‬‬
‫‪designed to connect specifically to the Apple products identified‬‬
‫‪in the badge, and has been certified by the developer to meet‬‬
‫‪Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the‬‬
‫‪operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory‬‬
‫‪standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with an Apple‬‬
‫‪product may affect wireless performance.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺘﺜﻞ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫)‪.(71 0‬‬
‫‪108‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ‪(FreeType2) FreeType‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺧﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ © ‪ 2012‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ‪The FreeType Project‬‬
‫)‪ .(http://www.freetype.org‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ‪) MIT‬ﺣﺮﻑﺑﺎﺯ(‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺧﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ © ‪ 2016‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ‪The Harfbuzz Project‬‬
‫)‪ .(http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/HarfBuzz‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪109‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫‪1230) EN-EL14a‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ )ﻃﺒﻘﹰ ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ‪ 1200 :(1 CIPA‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﹰ‬
‫• ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ‪ 60‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪2 1080/60p‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪° 23‬ﻡ )‪° ±2‬ﻡ( ﻭﻋﺪﺳﺔ ‪ AF-P DX NIKKOR 55–18 f/3.5–5.6G VR‬ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﻯ ﻭﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻛﻞ ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ؛ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 4‬ﺛﻮﺍﻧﻲ؛ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ؛ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻘﻄﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺗﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪° 23‬ﻡ )‪° ±2‬ﻡ( ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫‪ AF-P DX NIKKOR 55–18 f/3.5–5.6G VR‬ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ ;Camera and Imaging Products Association) CIPA‬ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 20‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺠﻢ ‪ 4‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ؛ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪110‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫• ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺿﻐﻄﺔ‬
‫• ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ )‪NEF (RAW‬‬
‫• ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﻟﻖ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) VR‬ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ( ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ ‪VR‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ‪.AF-P‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫‪:EN-EL14a‬‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺰ ﹰﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪111‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ ﹰ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ )ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎﺕ( ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺭﺑﻮﺭﻳﺸﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫)‪SB8I03(1X‬‬
‫‪6MB3611X-03‬‬
‫‪Ar‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻐﺎﻓﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫• ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻗﺴﻢ "ﻷﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ"‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(xi‬‬
‫• ﻋﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪Ar‬‬
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising